Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 2
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 3
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 4
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 5
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 6
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 7
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 8
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 9
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 10
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 11
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
3) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 12
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 13
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 14
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 15
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 16
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 17
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 18
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 19
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 20
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 21
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 22
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 23
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 24
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 25
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 26
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 27
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 28
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
6) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 29
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 30
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 31
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 32
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 33
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 34
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 35
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 36
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 37
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 38
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 39
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 40
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 41
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 42
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 43
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 44
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 45
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
9) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 46
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 47
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 48
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 49
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 50
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 51
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 52
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 53
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 54
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 55
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 56
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 57
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 58
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 59
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 60
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 61
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
16) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
16) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 62
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
12) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 63
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
7) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 64
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 65
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 66
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 67
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 68
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 69
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 70
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 71
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 72
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 73
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 74
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 75
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 76
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 77
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 78
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
17) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
18) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
19) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
20) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
17) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
18) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
19) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
20) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 79
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
15) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 80
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 81
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 82
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 83
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 84
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 85
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 86
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 87
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 88
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 89
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 90
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 91
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 92
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 93
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 94
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 95
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
21) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
22) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
23) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
24) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
21) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
22) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
23) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
24) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 96
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
18) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 97
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 98
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 99
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 100
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 101
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 102
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 103
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 104
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 105
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 106
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 107
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 108
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 109
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 110
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 111
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 112
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
25) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
26) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
27) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
28) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
25) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
26) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
27) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
28) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 113
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
21) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 114
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 115
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 116
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 117
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 118
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 119
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 120
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 121
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 122
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 123
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 124
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 125
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 126
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 127
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 128
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 129
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
29) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
30) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
31) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
32) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
29) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
30) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
31) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
32) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 130
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
24) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 131
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 132
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 133
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 134
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 135
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 136
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 137
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 138
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 139
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 140
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 141
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 142
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 143
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 144
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 145
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 146
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
33) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
34) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
35) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
36) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
33) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
34) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
35) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
36) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 147
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
27) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 148
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 149
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 150
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 151
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 152
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 153
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 154
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 155
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 156
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 157
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 158
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 159
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 160
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 161
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 162
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 163
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
37) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
38) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
39) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
40) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
37) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
38) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
39) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
40) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 164
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
30) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 165
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 166
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 167
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 168
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 169
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 170
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 171
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 172
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 173
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 174
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 175
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 176
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 177
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 178
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 179
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 180
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
41) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
42) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
43) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
44) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
41) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
42) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
43) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
44) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 181
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
33) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 182
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 183
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 184
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 185
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 186
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 187
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 188
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 189
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 190
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 191
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 192
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 193
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 194
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 195
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 196
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 197
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
45) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
46) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
47) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
48) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
45) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
46) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
47) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
48) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 198
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
36) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 199
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 200
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 201
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 202
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 203
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 204
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 205
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 206
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 207
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 208
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 209
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 210
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 211
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 212
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 213
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 214
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
49) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
50) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
51) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
52) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
49) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
50) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
51) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
52) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 215
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
39) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 216
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 217
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 218
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 219
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 220
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 221
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 222
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 223
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 224
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 225
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 226
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 227
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 228
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 229
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 230
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 231
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
53) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
54) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
55) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
56) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
53) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
54) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
55) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
56) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 232
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
42) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 233
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 234
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 235
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 236
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 237
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 238
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 239
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 240
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 241
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 242
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 243
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 244
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 245
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 246
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 247
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 248
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
57) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
58) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
59) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
60) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
57) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
58) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
59) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
60) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 249
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
45) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 250
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 251
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 252
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 253
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 254
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 255
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 256
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 257
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 258
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 259
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 260
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 261
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 262
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 263
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 264
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 265
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
61) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
62) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
63) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
64) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
61) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
62) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
63) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
64) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 266
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
48) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 267
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 268
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 269
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 270
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 271
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 272
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 273
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 274
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 275
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 276
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 277
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 278
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 279
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 280
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 281
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 282
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
65) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
66) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
67) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
68) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
65) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
66) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
67) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
68) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 283
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
51) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 284
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 285
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 286
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 287
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 288
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 289
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 290
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 291
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 292
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 293
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 294
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 295
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 296
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 297
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 298
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 299
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
69) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
70) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
71) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
72) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
69) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
70) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
71) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
72) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 300
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
54) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 301
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 302
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 303
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 304
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 305
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 306
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 307
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 308
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 309
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 310
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 311
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 312
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 313
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 314
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 315
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 316
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
73) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
74) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
75) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
76) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
73) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
74) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
75) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
76) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 317
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
57) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 318
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 319
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 320
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 321
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 322
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 323
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 324
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 325
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 326
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 327
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 328
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 329
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 330
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 331
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 332
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 333
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
77) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
78) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
79) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
80) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
77) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
78) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
79) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
80) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 334
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
60) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 335
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 336
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 337
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 338
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 339
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 340
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 341
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 342
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 343
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 344
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 345
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 346
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 347
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 348
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 349
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 350
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
81) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
82) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
83) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
84) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
81) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
82) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
83) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
84) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 351
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
63) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 352
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 353
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 354
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 355
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 356
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 357
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 358
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 359
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 360
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 361
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 362
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 363
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 364
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 365
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 366
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 367
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
85) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
86) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
87) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
88) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
85) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
86) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
87) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
88) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 368
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
66) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 369
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 370
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 371
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 372
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 373
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 374
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 375
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 376
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 377
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 378
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 379
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 380
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 381
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 382
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 383
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 384
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
89) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
90) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
91) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
92) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
89) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
90) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
91) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
92) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 385
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
69) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 386
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 387
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 388
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 389
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 390
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 391
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 392
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 393
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 394
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 395
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 396
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 397
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 398
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 399
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 400
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 401
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
93) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
94) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
95) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
96) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
93) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
94) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
95) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
96) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 402
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
72) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 403
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 404
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 405
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 406
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 407
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 408
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 409
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 410
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 411
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 412
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 413
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 414
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 415
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 416
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 417
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 418
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
97) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
98) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
99) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
100) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
97) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
98) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
99) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
100) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 419
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
75) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 420
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 421
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 422
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 423
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 424
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 425
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 426
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 427
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 428
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 429
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 430
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 431
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 432
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 433
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 434
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 435
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
101) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
102) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
103) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
104) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
101) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
102) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
103) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
104) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 436
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
78) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 437
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 438
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 439
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 440
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 441
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 442
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 443
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 444
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 445
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 446
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 447
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 448
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 449
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 450
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 451
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 452
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
105) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
106) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
107) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
108) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
105) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
106) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
107) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
108) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 453
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
81) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 454
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 455
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 456
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 457
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 458
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 459
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 460
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 461
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 462
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 463
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 464
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 465
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 466
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 467
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 468
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 469
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
109) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
110) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
111) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
112) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
109) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
110) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
111) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
112) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 470
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
84) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 471
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 472
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 473
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 474
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 475
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 476
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 477
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 478
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 479
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 480
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 481
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 482
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 483
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 484
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 485
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 486
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
113) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
114) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
115) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
116) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
113) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
114) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
115) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
116) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 487
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
87) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 488
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 489
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 490
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 491
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 492
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 493
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 494
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 495
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 496
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 497
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 498
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 499
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 500
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 501
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 502
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 503
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
117) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
118) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
119) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
120) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
117) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
118) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
119) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
120) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 504
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
90) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 505
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
59) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 506
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 507
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 508
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 509
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 510
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 511
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 512
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
370303259.doc 513
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
370303259.doc 514
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
370303259.doc 515
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
370303259.doc 516
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
370303259.doc 517
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
370303259.doc 518
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
370303259.doc 519
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
370303259.doc 520
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
121) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
122) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
123) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
124) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
121) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
122) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
123) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
124) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
370303259.doc 521
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
93) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
370303259.doc 522
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 523
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 524
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 525
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
370303259.doc 526
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
370303259.doc 527
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
370303259.doc 528
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
370303259.doc 529
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
The Relay will operate in two steps:
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
370303259.doc 530
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
370303259.doc 531